1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
68 /* readline include files */
69 #include "readline/readline.h"
70 #include "readline/history.h"
72 /* readline defines this. */
75 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
76 #include "python/python.h"
78 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
79 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
80 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100 static void clear_command (char *, int);
102 static void catch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
112 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
113 struct symtab_and_line
,
116 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
118 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
122 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
123 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
124 struct obj_section
*, int);
126 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
128 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
131 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
132 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
134 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
135 struct address_space
*aspace
,
138 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
140 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
142 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
143 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
145 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
147 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
149 static void commands_command (char *, int);
151 static void condition_command (char *, int);
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
165 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
167 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
169 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
171 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
173 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
175 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
177 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
179 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
181 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
187 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
189 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
190 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
192 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
194 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
196 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
199 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
200 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
203 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
205 static void update_global_location_list (int);
207 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
209 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
211 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
213 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
215 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
217 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
219 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
221 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
223 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
225 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
227 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
229 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
230 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
231 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
232 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
234 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
235 breakpoints share a single command list. */
236 struct counted_command_line
238 /* The reference count. */
241 /* The command list. */
242 struct command_line
*commands
;
245 struct command_line
*
246 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
248 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
251 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
252 current breakpoint. */
254 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
257 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
259 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
260 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
262 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
264 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
267 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
268 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
269 if such is available. */
270 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
273 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
274 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
277 fprintf_filtered (file
,
278 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
279 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
283 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
284 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
285 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
286 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
287 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
289 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
290 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
293 fprintf_filtered (file
,
294 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
295 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
299 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
300 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
301 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
302 use hardware breakpoints. */
303 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
305 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
309 fprintf_filtered (file
,
310 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
314 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
315 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
316 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
317 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
318 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
320 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
321 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
322 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
323 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
324 always_inserted_auto
,
329 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
331 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
334 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
337 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
339 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
341 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
346 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
348 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
349 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
352 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
354 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
355 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
357 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
358 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
360 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
361 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
363 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
364 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
365 current breakpoint. */
367 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
369 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
370 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
371 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
374 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
375 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
376 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
378 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
379 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
380 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
383 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
385 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
386 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
387 if (is_tracepoint (B))
389 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
391 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
393 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
395 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
397 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
399 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
401 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
402 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
403 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
404 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
405 an address you need to read. */
407 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
409 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
410 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
411 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
412 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
413 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
415 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
417 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
418 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
420 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
422 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
424 static int breakpoint_count
;
426 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
427 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
428 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
429 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
430 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
432 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
434 static int tracepoint_count
;
436 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
438 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
440 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
442 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
444 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
447 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
450 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
452 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
453 breakpoint_count
= num
;
454 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
457 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
458 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
459 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
465 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
467 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
470 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
474 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
476 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
479 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
482 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
484 struct breakpoint
*b
;
490 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
491 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
493 static struct counted_command_line
*
494 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
496 struct counted_command_line
*result
497 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
500 result
->commands
= commands
;
504 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
507 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
513 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
514 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
515 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
518 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
522 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
524 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
531 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
534 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
536 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
539 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
542 static struct cleanup
*
543 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
545 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
548 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
549 for "break" command with no arg.
550 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
551 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
553 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
555 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
556 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
557 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
558 int default_breakpoint_line
;
559 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
562 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
563 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
566 get_breakpoint (int num
)
568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
571 if (b
->number
== num
)
580 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
583 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
585 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
590 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
591 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
598 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
604 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
605 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
606 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
607 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
609 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
611 innermost_block
= NULL
;
613 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
615 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
616 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
620 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
624 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
626 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
630 breakpoints_changed ();
631 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
634 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
637 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
644 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
647 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
649 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
652 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
654 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
655 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
656 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
657 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
659 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
660 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
661 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
662 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
666 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
669 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
670 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
671 Throw if any such commands is found. */
674 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
676 struct command_line
*c
;
678 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
682 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
683 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
684 "only be used for tracepoints"));
686 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
687 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
689 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
690 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
692 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
693 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
695 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
696 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
700 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
703 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
705 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
706 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
710 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
711 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
715 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
716 struct command_line
*commands
)
718 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
720 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
721 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
722 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
723 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
724 struct command_line
*c
;
725 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
726 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
728 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
730 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
731 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
732 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
733 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
734 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
735 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
738 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
739 "can be used only once"));
746 struct command_line
*c2
;
748 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
749 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
750 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
752 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
753 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
759 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
763 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
764 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
767 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
769 struct breakpoint
*b
;
770 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
771 struct bp_location
*loc
;
774 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
776 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
777 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
778 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
784 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
785 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
788 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
789 struct command_line
*commands
)
791 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
793 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
794 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
795 breakpoints_changed ();
796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
799 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
800 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
804 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
806 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
809 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
810 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
813 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
814 breakpoint work for any thread. */
817 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
819 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
822 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
823 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
826 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
827 breakpoint work for any task. */
830 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
832 int old_task
= b
->task
;
835 if (old_task
!= task
)
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
840 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
842 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
844 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
847 /* A structure used to pass information through
848 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
852 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
855 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
858 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
859 already-parsed command. */
860 struct command_line
*control
;
862 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
864 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
867 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
871 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
873 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
875 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
877 struct command_line
*l
;
879 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
880 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
883 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
886 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
887 "%s, one per line."),
890 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
892 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
895 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
898 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
901 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
904 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
906 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
908 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
909 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
910 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
911 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
912 breakpoints_changed ();
913 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
918 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
919 struct command_line
*control
)
921 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
922 struct commands_info info
;
924 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
925 info
.control
= control
;
927 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
928 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
929 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
931 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
933 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
934 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
936 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
937 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
940 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
941 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
942 numbers will fail in this case. */
947 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
952 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
956 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
958 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
959 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
961 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
965 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
967 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
970 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
971 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
973 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
974 that are part of if and while bodies. */
975 enum command_control_type
976 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
978 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
979 return simple_control
;
982 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
985 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
987 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
991 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
992 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
997 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
998 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1000 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1001 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1002 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1003 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1004 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1005 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1006 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1007 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1009 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1012 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1014 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1016 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1018 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1019 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1020 report higher one. */
1023 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1024 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1026 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1028 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1029 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1031 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1032 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1033 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1034 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1036 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1037 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1038 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1040 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1042 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1049 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1050 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1051 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1052 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1053 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1056 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1058 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1059 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1060 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1063 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1066 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1068 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1070 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1071 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1075 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1076 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1077 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1080 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1083 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1084 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1085 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1088 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1090 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1091 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1094 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1096 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1097 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1099 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1100 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1104 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1105 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1109 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1110 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1112 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1113 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1114 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1118 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1120 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1121 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1124 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1125 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1130 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1133 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1135 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1136 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1140 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1144 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1146 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1147 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1150 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1151 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1152 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1153 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1154 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1155 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1156 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1157 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1161 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1163 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1164 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1165 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1168 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1169 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1172 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1174 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1176 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1178 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1180 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1184 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1187 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1188 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1189 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1190 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1192 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1194 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1195 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1198 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1199 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1200 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1201 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1202 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1203 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1204 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1205 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1207 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1208 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1209 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1210 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1211 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1212 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1213 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1214 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1217 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1218 hardware watchpoints:
1220 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1221 called several times when GDB stops.
1224 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1225 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1226 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1227 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1228 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1229 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1230 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1231 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1232 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1233 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1234 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1236 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1237 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1240 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1242 int within_current_scope
;
1243 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1246 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1248 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1249 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1250 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1251 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1254 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1259 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1260 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1261 within_current_scope
= 1;
1264 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1265 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1266 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1268 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1269 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1270 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1271 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1274 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1275 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1276 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1277 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1280 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1282 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1283 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1284 if (within_current_scope
)
1288 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1289 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1290 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1293 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1302 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1303 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1304 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1305 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1306 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1307 be completely different objects. */
1308 value_free (b
->val
);
1312 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1313 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1314 locations (re)created below. */
1315 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1317 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1319 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1324 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1328 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1329 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1330 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1331 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1332 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1333 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1335 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1336 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1337 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1339 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1342 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1343 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1345 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1347 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1348 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1349 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1350 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1351 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1353 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1359 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1361 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1362 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1364 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1365 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1366 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1367 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1368 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1369 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1370 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1372 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1374 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1375 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1376 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1378 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1379 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1383 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1385 addr
= value_address (v
);
1386 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1388 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1390 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1393 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1394 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1397 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1399 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1400 loc
->address
= addr
;
1402 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1407 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1408 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1409 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1414 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1415 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1417 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1421 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1423 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1424 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1425 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1427 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1428 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1429 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1430 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1431 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1432 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1434 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1435 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1437 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1438 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1439 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1440 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1442 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1443 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1444 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1445 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1447 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1448 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1449 "hardware watchpoint."));
1450 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1451 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1452 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1454 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1457 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1458 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1459 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1460 "read/access watchpoint."));
1462 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1464 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1465 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1466 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1467 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1470 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1472 next
= value_next (v
);
1477 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1478 above left it without any location set up. But,
1479 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1480 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1483 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1484 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1485 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1486 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1490 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1492 printf_filtered (_("\
1493 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1494 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1496 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1499 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1501 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1505 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1506 inserted in the inferior. */
1508 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1510 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1513 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1516 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1519 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1520 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1521 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1522 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1523 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1524 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1525 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1526 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1527 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1530 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1532 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1538 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1539 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1540 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1542 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1543 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1545 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1546 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1547 int *disabled_breaks
,
1548 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1552 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1555 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1556 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1557 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1561 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1562 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1564 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1566 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1567 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1568 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1570 Two important cases are:
1571 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1572 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1573 hardware breakpoint.
1574 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1575 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1576 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1579 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1580 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1581 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1582 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1584 struct mem_region
*mr
1585 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1589 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1591 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1593 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1594 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1596 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1598 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1600 static int said
= 0;
1602 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1605 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1606 _("Note: automatically using "
1607 "hardware breakpoints for "
1608 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1613 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1614 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1615 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1616 "at readonly address %s"),
1617 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1621 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1622 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1623 || bl
->section
== NULL
1624 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1626 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1628 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1629 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1632 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1637 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1638 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1639 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1641 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1642 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1643 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1644 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1645 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1649 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1651 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1652 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1654 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1655 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1658 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1659 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1663 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1664 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1666 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1667 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1668 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1671 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1676 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1677 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1684 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1685 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1687 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1689 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1690 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1691 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1693 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1694 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1696 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1697 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1698 "library breakpoints:\n");
1700 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1701 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1702 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1706 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1708 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1709 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1710 "Cannot insert hardware "
1716 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1717 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1719 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1720 "Error accessing memory address ");
1721 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1723 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1724 safe_strerror (val
));
1735 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1736 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1737 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1738 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1740 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1741 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1743 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1745 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1746 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1747 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1749 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1751 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1752 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1756 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1757 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1761 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1762 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1769 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1773 /* Back to the original value. */
1774 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1778 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1781 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1784 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1786 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1789 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1793 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1794 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1796 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1799 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1801 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1802 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1803 so just return success. */
1810 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1811 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1815 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1818 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1820 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1823 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1827 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1828 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1831 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1833 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1835 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1836 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1837 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1839 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1840 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1842 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1848 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1849 removed locations above. */
1850 update_global_location_list (0);
1853 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1854 Throws exception on any error.
1855 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1856 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1858 insert_breakpoints (void)
1860 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1863 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1864 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1866 update_global_location_list (1);
1868 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1869 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1871 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1872 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1875 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1876 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1877 Both return zero if successful,
1878 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1881 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1883 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1884 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1887 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1888 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1890 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1891 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1893 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1894 there was an error. */
1895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1897 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1901 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1904 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1905 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1906 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1907 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1908 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1911 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1913 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1914 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1915 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1916 insert breakpoints. */
1917 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1918 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1921 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1922 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1927 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1928 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1929 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1931 int some_failed
= 0;
1932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1934 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1937 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1940 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1943 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1944 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1951 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1953 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1955 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1956 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1957 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1965 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1966 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1967 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1969 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1970 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1971 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1973 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1974 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1977 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1981 remove_breakpoints (void)
1983 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1989 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1994 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1997 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2001 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2003 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2005 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2010 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2019 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
2021 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2024 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2026 if (bl
->inserted
&& bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2027 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2033 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2035 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2036 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2038 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2039 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2040 struct inferior
*inf
;
2041 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2043 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2047 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2048 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2050 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2052 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2053 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2055 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2057 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2063 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2066 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2071 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2075 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2077 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2078 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2079 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2080 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2081 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2082 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2084 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2087 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2090 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2091 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2095 static struct breakpoint
*
2096 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2097 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2099 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2102 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2105 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2106 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2108 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2109 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2110 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2115 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2117 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2119 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2121 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2122 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2124 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2125 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2127 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2128 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2130 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2131 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2133 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2134 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2137 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2139 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2140 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2142 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2145 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2147 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2150 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2151 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2153 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2154 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2156 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2158 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2159 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2161 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2162 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2164 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2165 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2167 return bp_objfile_data
;
2171 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2173 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2174 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2176 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2179 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2182 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2184 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2187 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2189 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2191 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2194 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2195 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2198 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2201 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2202 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2204 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2206 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2208 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2209 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2213 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2214 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2217 update_global_location_list (1);
2221 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2223 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2224 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2226 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2228 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2230 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2232 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2234 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2237 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2238 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2240 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2241 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2244 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2246 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2248 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2249 const char *func_name
;
2252 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2255 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2256 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2258 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2260 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2263 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2264 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2267 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2270 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2271 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2272 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2273 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2277 update_global_location_list (1);
2279 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2282 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2284 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2286 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2287 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2288 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2290 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2292 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2294 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2297 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2299 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2301 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2302 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2304 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2306 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2309 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2311 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2313 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2314 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2315 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2317 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2318 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2321 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2324 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2325 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2326 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2327 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2328 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2332 update_global_location_list (1);
2334 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2337 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2340 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2342 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2343 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2345 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2347 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2348 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2349 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2352 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2354 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2357 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2359 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2361 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2363 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2364 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2366 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2370 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2373 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2374 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2376 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2377 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2378 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2381 update_global_location_list (1);
2385 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2387 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2388 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2390 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2391 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2392 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2393 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2394 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2395 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2396 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2397 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2399 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2400 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2402 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2404 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2407 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2408 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2410 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2414 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2415 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2417 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2421 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2422 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2423 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2424 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2425 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2427 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2431 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2432 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2438 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2440 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2441 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2443 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2447 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2449 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2450 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2451 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2452 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2456 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2457 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2458 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2459 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2460 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2461 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2463 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2464 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2465 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2466 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2467 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2468 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2469 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2471 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2472 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2473 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2474 let finish_command delete it.
2476 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2477 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2478 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2479 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2480 solib breakpoints.) */
2482 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2487 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2488 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2490 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2492 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2496 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2497 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2498 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2499 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2500 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2504 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2506 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2508 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2509 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2511 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2512 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2514 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2515 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2516 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2518 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2522 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2525 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2526 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2528 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2532 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2533 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2534 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2535 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2536 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2539 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2543 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2544 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2546 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2547 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2550 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2551 This should not ever happen. */
2552 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2554 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2555 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2557 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2558 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2559 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2561 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2562 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2563 || bl
->section
== NULL
2564 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2566 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2568 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2569 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2571 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2575 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2576 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2577 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2579 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2580 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2582 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2583 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2584 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2585 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2586 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2588 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2589 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2591 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2592 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2595 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2596 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2597 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2598 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2599 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2600 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2603 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2604 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2605 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2606 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2607 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2614 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2619 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2620 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2621 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2622 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2627 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2629 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2631 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2632 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2634 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2635 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2637 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2638 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2639 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2642 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2643 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2647 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2649 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2653 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2660 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2663 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2665 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2666 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2668 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2669 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2672 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2673 This should not ever happen. */
2674 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2676 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2678 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2680 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2682 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2686 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2689 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2691 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2694 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2698 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2699 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2701 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2704 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2705 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2706 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2711 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2713 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2714 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2716 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2718 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2720 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2723 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2725 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2726 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2727 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2733 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2740 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2741 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2744 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2746 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2748 case bp_shlib_event
:
2750 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2751 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2752 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2753 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2754 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2756 (gdb) file prog-linux
2757 (gdb) run # native linux target
2760 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2761 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2764 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2768 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2769 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2770 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2772 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2773 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2774 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2775 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2777 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2778 insert_breakpoints. */
2780 value_free (b
->val
);
2790 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2791 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2792 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2793 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2796 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2797 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2798 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2799 match, not program space. */
2801 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2802 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2803 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2804 permanent breakpoint.
2805 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2806 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2807 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2808 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2809 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2811 enum breakpoint_here
2812 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2814 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2815 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2817 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2819 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2820 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2824 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2825 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2826 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2828 if (overlay_debugging
2829 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2830 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2831 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2832 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2833 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2835 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2839 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2842 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2845 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2847 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2850 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2851 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2857 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2858 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2859 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2860 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2863 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2866 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2868 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2870 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2871 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2875 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2877 if (overlay_debugging
2878 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2879 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2880 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2888 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2889 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2892 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2894 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2897 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2903 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2907 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2910 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2914 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2918 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2921 if (overlay_debugging
2922 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2923 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2924 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2930 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2931 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2938 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2939 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2941 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2945 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2947 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2948 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2951 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2954 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2955 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2959 /* Check for intersection. */
2960 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2961 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2969 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2970 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2973 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2976 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2977 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2983 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2984 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2987 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2988 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2989 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2992 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2995 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2997 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2998 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2999 it is now time to do so. */
3001 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3002 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3006 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3008 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3009 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3010 it is now time to do so. */
3012 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3013 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3017 if (overlay_debugging
3018 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3019 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3020 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3029 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3033 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3035 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3038 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3042 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3044 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3045 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3046 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3047 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3051 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3052 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3055 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3072 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3073 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3076 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3080 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3085 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3087 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3088 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3089 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3090 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3091 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3093 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3094 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3098 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3108 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3111 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3116 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3118 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3124 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3125 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3126 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3127 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3129 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3130 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3132 Return 1 otherwise. */
3135 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3140 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3142 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3143 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3144 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3145 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3146 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3148 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3150 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3154 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3157 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3159 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3161 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3162 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3163 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3165 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3171 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3174 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3176 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3178 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3180 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3181 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3182 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3183 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3184 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3188 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3191 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3194 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3196 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3199 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3200 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3201 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3202 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3204 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3205 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3206 bpstat of the current thread. */
3209 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3212 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3215 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3217 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3220 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3221 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3223 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3225 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3228 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3229 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3231 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3232 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3233 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3235 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3237 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3238 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3239 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3240 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3241 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3242 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3243 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3244 the tree when we're done. */
3245 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3246 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3248 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3249 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3250 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3254 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3256 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3262 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3263 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3265 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3267 if (target_can_async_p ())
3268 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3269 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3270 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3273 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3274 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3275 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3276 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3277 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3278 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3279 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3280 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3281 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3282 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3283 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3284 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3285 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3290 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3295 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3297 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3298 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3299 && target_has_execution
3300 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3301 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3302 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3303 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3304 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3305 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3306 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3310 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3313 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3316 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3319 struct value_print_options opts
;
3320 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3321 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3325 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3326 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3327 by having it set different print_it values.
3329 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3330 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3331 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3332 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3333 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3335 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3336 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3337 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3338 don't print anything else.
3339 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3340 that something to be followed by a location.
3341 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3342 that something to be followed by a location.
3343 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3346 static enum print_stop_action
3347 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3349 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3351 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3352 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3354 enum print_stop_action result
;
3356 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3358 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3359 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3361 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3362 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3367 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3368 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3369 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3370 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3373 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3375 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3377 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3380 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3382 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3384 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3385 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3386 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3389 case bp_shlib_event
:
3390 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3391 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3392 to shlib event" message.) */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3394 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3397 case bp_thread_event
:
3398 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3399 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3400 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3401 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3404 case bp_overlay_event
:
3405 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3406 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3410 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3413 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3416 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3417 /* These should never be enabled. */
3418 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3419 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3420 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3423 case bp_exception_master
:
3424 /* These should never be enabled. */
3425 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3426 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3427 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3431 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3432 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3433 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3436 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3438 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3439 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3440 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3441 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3442 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3443 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3444 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3445 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3446 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3447 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3450 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3451 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3454 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3456 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3457 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3458 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3459 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3460 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3461 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3464 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3465 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3467 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3475 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3476 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3477 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3485 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3486 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3489 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3490 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3491 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3492 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3495 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3499 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3502 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3503 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3507 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3510 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3511 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3516 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3518 case bp_exception_resume
:
3519 case bp_step_resume
:
3520 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3522 case bp_std_terminate
:
3524 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3526 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3527 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3529 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3533 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3537 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3538 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3539 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3540 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3543 static enum print_stop_action
3544 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3546 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3549 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3550 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3554 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3555 relevant messages. */
3556 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3559 case print_it_normal
:
3561 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3563 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3564 which has since been deleted. */
3566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3568 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3569 print_it_typical. */
3570 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3571 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3573 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3578 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3579 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3584 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3585 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3586 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3587 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3588 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3589 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3592 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3593 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3594 code to print the location. An example is
3595 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3597 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3598 to also print the location part of the message.
3599 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3600 don't require a location appended to the end.
3601 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3602 further info to be printed. */
3604 enum print_stop_action
3605 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3609 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3610 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3611 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3612 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3613 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3615 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3616 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3617 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3618 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3622 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3623 with and nothing was printed. */
3624 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3627 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3628 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3629 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3630 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3633 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3635 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3636 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3638 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3642 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3645 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3649 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3651 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3652 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3653 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3654 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3655 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3656 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3657 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3658 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3660 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3664 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3665 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3668 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3670 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3674 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3676 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3677 as not triggered. */
3679 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3680 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3685 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3687 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3688 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3691 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3693 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3696 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3697 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3701 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3703 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3705 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3706 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3708 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3710 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3711 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3713 if (newaddr
== start
)
3715 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3719 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3720 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3724 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3733 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3734 because of check_errors). */
3735 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3736 #define WP_DELETED 1
3737 /* The value has changed. */
3738 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3739 /* The value has not changed. */
3740 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3741 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3744 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3745 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3747 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3750 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3751 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3754 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3756 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3758 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3759 int within_current_scope
;
3761 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3762 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3763 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3765 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3767 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3768 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3769 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3770 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3773 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3774 within_current_scope
= 1;
3777 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3778 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3779 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3781 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3782 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3783 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3784 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3785 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3786 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3787 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3788 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3789 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3790 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3793 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3794 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3796 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3797 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3798 if (within_current_scope
)
3800 struct symbol
*function
;
3802 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3803 if (function
== NULL
3804 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3805 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3806 within_current_scope
= 0;
3809 if (within_current_scope
)
3810 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3811 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3816 if (within_current_scope
)
3818 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3819 time before we return to the command level and call
3820 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3821 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3825 struct value
*new_val
;
3827 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3828 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3829 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3830 a mask watchpoint. */
3831 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3833 mark
= value_mark ();
3834 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3836 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3837 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3838 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3839 not what we want. */
3840 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3841 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3843 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3845 release_value (new_val
);
3846 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3848 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3851 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3855 /* Nothing changed. */
3856 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3857 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3862 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3863 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3864 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3865 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3866 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3867 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3868 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3869 the first value assigned). */
3870 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3871 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3872 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3873 information here. */
3874 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3876 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3877 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3878 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3880 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3881 which its expression is valid.\n");
3883 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3889 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3890 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3891 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3893 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3894 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3896 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3898 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3899 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3901 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3902 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3904 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3906 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3909 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3910 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3911 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3913 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3916 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3917 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3918 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3922 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3923 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3924 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3925 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3926 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3927 (did not match the data address). */
3929 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3930 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3933 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3935 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3937 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3938 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3939 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3946 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3947 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3950 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3952 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3953 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3955 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3956 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3957 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3958 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3959 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3961 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3963 int must_check_value
= 0;
3965 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3966 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3968 must_check_value
= 1;
3969 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3970 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3971 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3973 must_check_value
= 1;
3974 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3975 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3976 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3977 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3978 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3979 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3980 must_check_value
= 1;
3982 if (must_check_value
)
3985 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3987 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3988 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3990 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3994 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3995 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3999 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4002 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4003 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4005 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4007 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4008 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4009 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4010 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4011 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4012 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4013 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4016 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4017 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4020 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4021 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4022 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4023 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4025 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4026 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4027 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4030 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4031 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4032 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4033 changes. This still gives false positives when
4034 the program writes the same value to memory as
4035 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4036 it for a read), but it's much better than
4039 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4041 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4043 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4046 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4047 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4048 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4049 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4051 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4056 if (other_write_watchpoint
4057 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4059 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4060 and the value changed since the last time we
4061 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4063 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4068 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4069 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4070 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4072 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4073 the value hasn't changed. */
4074 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4082 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4083 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4084 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4085 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4086 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4090 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4092 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4093 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4094 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4095 anything for this watchpoint. */
4096 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4103 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4104 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4105 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4108 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4110 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4111 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4114 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4115 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4116 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4117 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4118 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4120 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4121 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4125 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4126 struct expression
*cond
;
4128 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4129 method implemented. */
4130 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4131 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4133 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4138 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4140 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4142 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4143 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4144 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4145 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4147 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4149 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4150 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4151 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4152 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4153 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4155 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4156 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4159 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4161 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4162 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4163 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4164 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4165 really matter which instantiation of the function
4166 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4167 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4168 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4169 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4170 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4171 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4172 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4173 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4175 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4177 select_frame (frame
);
4179 within_current_scope
= 0;
4181 if (within_current_scope
)
4183 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4184 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4188 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4189 "in the current scope"));
4190 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4191 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4194 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4195 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4198 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4202 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4206 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4209 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4211 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4213 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4219 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4220 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4222 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4223 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4226 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4228 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4230 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4231 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4232 several reasons concurrently.)
4234 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4235 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4238 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4239 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4241 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4242 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4243 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4244 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4245 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4246 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4249 int need_remove_insert
;
4252 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4253 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4254 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4255 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4256 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4257 inferior function calls. */
4261 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4264 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4266 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4267 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4268 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4269 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4270 checked all locations already. */
4271 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4274 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4277 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4280 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4283 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4286 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4287 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4288 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4292 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4293 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4294 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4296 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4297 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4301 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4303 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4305 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4306 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4313 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4314 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4315 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4319 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4324 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4328 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4330 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4331 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4332 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4333 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4334 /* We do not stop for these. */
4337 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4342 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4344 /* We will stop here. */
4345 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4347 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4348 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4353 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4354 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4355 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4356 if (bs
->commands_left
4357 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4360 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4362 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4367 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4368 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4369 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4372 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4373 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4374 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4376 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4377 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4378 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4381 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4383 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4384 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4387 if (need_remove_insert
)
4388 update_global_location_list (1);
4389 else if (removed_any
)
4390 update_global_location_list (0);
4396 handle_jit_event (void)
4398 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4399 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4401 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4402 breakpoint_re_set. */
4403 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4405 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4406 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4408 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4410 target_terminal_inferior ();
4413 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4415 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4418 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4420 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4421 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4422 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4423 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4424 int shlib_event
= 0;
4428 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4429 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4430 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4432 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4434 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4435 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4436 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4439 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4441 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4442 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4445 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4448 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4455 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4463 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4466 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4469 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4470 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4471 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4475 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4481 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4482 This requires no further action. */
4487 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4488 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4490 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4491 case bp_exception_resume
:
4492 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4493 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4495 case bp_step_resume
:
4497 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4500 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4501 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4504 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4505 case bp_thread_event
:
4506 case bp_overlay_event
:
4507 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4508 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4509 case bp_exception_master
:
4510 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4516 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4518 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4522 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4523 This requires no further action. */
4526 case bp_shlib_event
:
4529 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4530 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4531 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4532 loaded objects (among other things). */
4533 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4536 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4540 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4543 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4544 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4545 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4546 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4548 case bp_std_terminate
:
4549 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4550 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4551 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4552 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4555 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4556 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4557 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4558 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4560 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4561 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4563 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4564 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4565 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4567 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4568 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4569 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4570 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4573 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4574 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4577 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4580 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4581 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4586 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4588 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4589 to be adding them automatically. */
4591 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4592 breakpoint_re_set. */
4593 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4596 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4598 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4601 target_terminal_inferior ();
4607 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4609 handle_jit_event ();
4612 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4614 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4620 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4621 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4623 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4624 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4632 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4633 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4634 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4637 bpstat_should_step (void)
4639 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4642 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4648 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4650 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4659 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4660 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4661 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4664 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4666 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4667 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4671 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4673 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4675 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4676 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4677 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4682 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4688 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4691 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4692 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4694 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4696 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4700 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4702 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4703 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4704 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4707 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4710 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4712 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4713 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4714 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4715 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4718 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4720 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4722 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4723 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4726 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4729 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4733 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4734 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4736 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4738 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4740 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4743 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4745 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4749 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4751 struct ep_type_description
4756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4758 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4759 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4761 {bp_until
, "until"},
4762 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4763 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4767 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4768 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4769 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4770 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4771 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4790 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4791 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4796 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4803 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4805 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4808 struct command_line
*l
;
4809 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4811 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4813 struct value_print_options opts
;
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4817 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4822 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4823 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4831 if (part_of_multiple
)
4834 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4845 if (part_of_multiple
)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4852 if (part_of_multiple
)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4860 if (part_of_multiple
)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4869 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4875 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4905 case bp_exception_resume
:
4906 case bp_step_resume
:
4907 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4909 case bp_std_terminate
:
4910 case bp_shlib_event
:
4911 case bp_thread_event
:
4912 case bp_overlay_event
:
4913 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4914 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4915 case bp_exception_master
:
4917 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4918 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4920 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4922 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4925 if (header_of_multiple
)
4926 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4927 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4928 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4930 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4931 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4934 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4935 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4942 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4945 && !header_of_multiple
4947 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4948 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4949 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4950 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4951 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4952 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4954 struct inferior
*inf
;
4957 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4959 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4964 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4967 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4973 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4975 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4977 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4978 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4979 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4980 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4982 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4984 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4985 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4989 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4991 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4992 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4994 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4996 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4998 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
4999 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5000 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
5001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5004 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5007 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5008 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5010 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5011 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5015 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5017 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5018 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5019 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5021 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5025 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5029 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5031 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5032 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5033 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5034 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5037 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5039 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5040 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5045 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5046 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5047 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5049 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5052 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5053 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5055 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5056 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5058 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5062 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5063 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5066 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5067 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5069 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5072 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5073 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5074 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5077 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5079 annotate_field (10);
5080 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5081 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5082 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5085 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5088 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5089 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5095 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5096 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5099 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5101 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5103 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5104 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5106 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5107 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5108 locations, if any. */
5109 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5111 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5112 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5113 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5116 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5117 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5119 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5120 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5125 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5127 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5128 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5129 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5130 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5137 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5139 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5140 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5142 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5146 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5147 an address to print. */
5148 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5151 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5152 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5153 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5156 return print_address_bits
;
5159 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5165 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5167 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5168 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5169 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5173 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5175 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5183 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5184 char **error_message
)
5186 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5189 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5191 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5192 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5198 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5199 internal or momentary. */
5202 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5204 return b
->number
> 0;
5207 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5208 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5209 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5210 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5211 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5212 breakpoints listed. */
5215 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5216 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5219 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5220 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5221 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5222 struct value_print_options opts
;
5223 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5224 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5226 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5228 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5229 required for address fields. */
5230 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5233 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5234 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5237 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5238 accept. Skip the others. */
5239 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5241 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5243 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5247 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5249 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5251 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5252 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5253 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5255 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5256 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5257 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5259 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5263 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5265 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5266 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5270 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5271 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5274 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5275 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5276 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5278 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5279 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5281 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5282 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5283 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5285 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5286 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5288 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5289 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5291 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5293 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5294 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5295 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5297 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5298 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5300 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5302 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5303 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5304 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5305 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5310 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5311 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5314 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5315 accept. Skip the others. */
5317 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5319 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5321 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5324 else /* all others */
5326 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5330 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5332 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5333 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5336 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5338 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5340 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5344 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5345 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5347 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5348 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5354 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5355 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5358 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5359 there have been breakpoints? */
5360 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5362 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5365 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5366 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5369 default_collect_info (void)
5371 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5372 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5374 if (!*default_collect
)
5377 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5379 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5380 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5381 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5385 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5387 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5389 default_collect_info ();
5393 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5395 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5397 if (num_printed
== 0)
5399 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5400 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5402 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5407 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5409 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5411 default_collect_info ();
5415 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5416 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5417 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5419 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5421 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5423 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5424 && bl
->address
== pc
5425 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5431 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5432 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5436 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5437 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5438 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5444 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5448 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5449 else /* if (others == ???) */
5450 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5452 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5455 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5456 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5457 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5458 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5459 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5460 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5461 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5462 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5463 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5465 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5469 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5471 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5472 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5473 printf_filtered (".\n");
5477 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5478 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5481 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5482 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5485 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5486 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5487 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5488 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5489 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5492 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5493 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5494 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5495 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5497 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5498 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5499 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5500 breakpoint at address zero:
5508 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5510 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5512 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5515 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5516 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5519 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5520 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5522 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5523 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5524 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5526 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5527 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5528 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5529 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5530 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5531 other watchpoint. */
5532 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5533 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5535 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5536 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5537 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5538 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5540 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5541 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5544 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5545 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5546 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5547 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5548 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5549 become hw_access locations later. */
5550 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5551 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5552 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5553 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5556 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5557 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5558 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5559 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5562 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5563 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5565 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5566 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5570 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5571 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5572 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5573 space doesn't really matter. */
5576 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5577 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5580 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5581 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5582 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5585 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5586 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5587 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5588 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5591 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5592 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5595 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5598 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5599 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5603 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5604 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5605 represent the same location. */
5608 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5609 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5611 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5613 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5614 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5615 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5617 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5618 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5620 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5623 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5625 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5626 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5627 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5628 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5632 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5633 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5635 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5636 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5640 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5641 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5643 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5644 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5646 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5649 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5650 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5651 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5652 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5655 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5656 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5658 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5660 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5663 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5664 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5665 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5666 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5667 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5669 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5670 have their addresses modified. */
5675 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5677 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5678 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5679 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5681 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5682 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5684 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5685 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5687 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5691 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5693 static struct bp_location
*
5694 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5696 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5698 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5699 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5703 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5712 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5714 case bp_exception_resume
:
5715 case bp_step_resume
:
5716 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5718 case bp_std_terminate
:
5719 case bp_shlib_event
:
5720 case bp_thread_event
:
5721 case bp_overlay_event
:
5723 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5724 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5725 case bp_exception_master
:
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5727 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5728 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5730 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5731 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5733 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5734 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5735 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5736 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5741 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5742 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5743 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5746 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5754 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5759 if (loc
->function_name
)
5760 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5765 /* Increment reference count. */
5768 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5773 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5774 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5777 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5779 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5781 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5782 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5786 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint that has
5787 type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5788 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5791 static struct breakpoint
*
5792 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5795 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
5797 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
5798 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5801 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5802 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5803 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5805 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5808 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5810 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5811 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5812 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5813 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5815 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5816 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5817 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5819 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5820 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5822 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5824 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5834 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5835 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5839 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5841 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5843 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5844 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5845 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5849 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5850 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5852 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5854 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5856 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5857 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5858 &loc
->requested_address
))
5860 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5861 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5862 loc
->requested_address
,
5865 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5866 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5868 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5869 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5870 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5874 if (loc
->function_name
)
5875 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5879 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5880 static struct gdbarch
*
5881 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5884 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5886 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5891 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5892 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5893 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5894 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5895 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5896 is also returned as the value of this function.
5898 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5899 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5900 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5901 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5902 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5903 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5904 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5907 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5908 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5910 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
,
5912 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5913 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5915 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5917 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5919 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5920 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5922 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5923 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5924 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5925 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5926 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5927 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5928 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5931 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5932 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5933 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5934 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5935 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5937 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5938 breakpoint resetting. */
5939 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5941 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5942 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5944 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5945 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5946 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5948 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5949 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5951 breakpoints_changed ();
5957 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5958 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5960 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5962 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5964 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
5966 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5967 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5968 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5969 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5970 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
5971 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5975 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5976 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5977 initiated the operation. */
5980 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
5982 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
5983 int thread
= tp
->num
;
5985 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5986 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5987 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5988 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
5990 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
5991 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
5992 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
5994 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5996 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
5997 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6000 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6003 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6005 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6007 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6010 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6012 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6013 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6018 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6020 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6023 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6025 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6026 update_global_location_list (1);
6027 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6032 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6034 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6037 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6039 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6040 update_global_location_list (0);
6041 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6045 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6046 master breakpoint. */
6048 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6050 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6053 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6054 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6056 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6057 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6061 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6063 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6065 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6067 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6068 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6069 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6073 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6075 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6077 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6079 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6080 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6082 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6084 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6090 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6092 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6095 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6096 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6097 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6100 struct lang_and_radix
6106 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6109 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6111 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6113 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6114 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6118 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6121 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6123 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6125 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6126 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6127 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6128 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6132 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6134 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6137 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6138 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6139 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6143 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6145 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6147 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6148 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6152 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6153 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6156 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6158 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6162 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6163 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6165 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6166 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6167 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6168 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6169 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6170 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6171 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6172 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6173 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6174 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6175 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6177 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6179 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6183 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6188 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6189 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6193 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6195 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6196 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6198 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6199 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6200 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6201 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6202 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6203 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6206 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6208 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6209 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6211 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6212 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6213 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6214 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6215 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6216 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6217 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6218 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6220 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6221 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6222 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6223 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6226 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6227 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6229 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6231 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6232 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6233 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6236 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6241 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6243 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6247 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6249 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6252 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6256 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6258 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6261 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6265 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6266 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6268 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6271 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6274 static enum print_stop_action
6275 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6277 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6278 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6279 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6280 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6283 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6287 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6289 struct value_print_options opts
;
6291 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6293 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6294 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6296 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6297 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6299 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6300 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6302 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6303 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6304 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6305 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6309 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6313 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6315 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6318 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6322 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6324 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6327 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6329 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6333 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6334 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6335 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6336 print_it_catch_fork
,
6337 print_one_catch_fork
,
6338 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6339 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6340 print_recreate_catch_fork
6343 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6347 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6349 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6352 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6356 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6358 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6361 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6365 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6366 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6368 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6371 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6374 static enum print_stop_action
6375 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6377 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6378 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6379 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6380 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6383 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6387 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6389 struct value_print_options opts
;
6391 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6392 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6393 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6395 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6396 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6398 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6399 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6401 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6402 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6403 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6404 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6408 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6412 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6414 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6417 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6421 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6426 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6428 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6432 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6433 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6434 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6435 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6436 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6437 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6438 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6439 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6442 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6446 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6448 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6450 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6451 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6452 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6458 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6463 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6465 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6466 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6467 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6469 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6470 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6472 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6473 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6475 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6476 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6480 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6481 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6482 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6483 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6484 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6487 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6491 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6493 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6495 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6496 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6497 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6503 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6507 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6508 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6510 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6511 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6515 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6516 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6517 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6518 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6520 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6523 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6527 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6528 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6530 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6531 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6532 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6533 int syscall_number
= 0;
6534 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
6536 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6539 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6540 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6545 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6547 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6557 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6560 static enum print_stop_action
6561 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6563 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6564 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6565 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6566 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6568 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6570 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6573 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6575 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6577 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6580 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6582 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6584 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6586 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6587 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6588 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6589 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6590 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6591 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6593 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6595 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6598 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6602 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6603 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6605 struct value_print_options opts
;
6607 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6608 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6609 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6611 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6612 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6615 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6616 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6617 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6621 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6624 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6627 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6632 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6635 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6637 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6639 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6640 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6644 /* Remove the last comma. */
6645 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6646 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6649 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6650 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6653 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6657 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6659 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6663 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6664 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6666 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6669 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6673 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6676 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6678 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6680 printf_filtered (")");
6683 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6687 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6691 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6693 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6695 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6700 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6705 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6714 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6716 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6718 insert_catch_syscall
,
6719 remove_catch_syscall
,
6720 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6721 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6722 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6723 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6724 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6725 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6726 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6727 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6730 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6733 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6735 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6738 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6739 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6740 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6741 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6743 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6744 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6745 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6746 to the catchpoint. */
6748 static struct breakpoint
*
6749 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6751 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6753 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6757 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6759 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6760 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6761 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6763 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6765 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6766 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6767 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6773 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6775 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6776 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6777 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6778 to the catchpoint. */
6780 static struct breakpoint
*
6781 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6782 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6784 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6785 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6788 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6789 update_global_location_list (1);
6795 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6796 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6797 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6799 struct breakpoint
*b
6800 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6802 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6804 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6807 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6810 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6812 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6816 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6818 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6822 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6823 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6825 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->exec_pathname
);
6828 static enum print_stop_action
6829 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6831 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6832 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6834 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6838 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6840 struct value_print_options opts
;
6842 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6844 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6845 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6846 is relatively readable). */
6847 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6848 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6850 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6851 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6853 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6854 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6860 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6862 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6865 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6869 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6871 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6874 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6878 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6879 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6880 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6881 print_it_catch_exec
,
6882 print_one_catch_exec
,
6883 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6884 print_mention_catch_exec
,
6885 print_recreate_catch_exec
6889 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6890 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6892 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6893 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6894 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6896 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6898 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6901 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6902 update_global_location_list (1);
6906 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6909 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6910 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6914 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6915 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6917 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6919 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6920 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6930 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6933 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6934 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6936 *other_type_used
= 0;
6939 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6942 if (b
->type
== type
)
6943 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6945 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6947 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6948 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6952 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
6953 *other_type_used
= 1;
6960 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6962 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6966 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6968 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
6969 update_global_location_list (0);
6975 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6977 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6981 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6983 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6984 update_global_location_list (1);
6990 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
6992 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6997 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7000 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7001 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7002 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7004 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7010 update_global_location_list (0);
7012 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7016 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7018 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7021 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7025 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7028 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7029 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7030 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7032 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7038 breakpoint_re_set ();
7042 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7043 at address specified by SAL.
7044 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7047 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7048 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7052 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7054 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7056 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7057 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7058 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7059 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7061 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7062 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7064 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7065 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7067 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7072 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7076 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7078 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7080 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7084 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7085 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7086 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7088 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7089 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7090 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7091 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7092 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7094 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7095 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7097 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7099 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7100 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7101 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7102 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7104 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7105 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7106 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7108 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7113 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7116 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7118 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7120 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7121 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7123 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7127 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7130 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7133 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7134 struct value_print_options opts
;
7136 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7138 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7139 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7144 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7148 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7149 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7150 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7151 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7153 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7155 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7157 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7158 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7159 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7160 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7161 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7163 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7164 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7165 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7166 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7167 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7168 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7169 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7171 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7172 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7173 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7174 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7175 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7176 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7177 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7180 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7186 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7187 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7189 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7190 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7191 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7192 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7195 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7196 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7201 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7210 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7211 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7214 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7215 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7220 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7221 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7224 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7225 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7230 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7231 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7238 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7240 case bp_exception_resume
:
7241 case bp_step_resume
:
7243 case bp_std_terminate
:
7244 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7245 case bp_shlib_event
:
7246 case bp_thread_event
:
7247 case bp_overlay_event
:
7249 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7250 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7251 case bp_exception_master
:
7252 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7258 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7262 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7266 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7268 printf_filtered (" at ");
7269 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7273 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7274 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7278 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7280 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7282 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7287 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7289 printf_filtered ("\n");
7293 static struct bp_location
*
7294 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7295 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7297 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7299 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7300 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7303 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7305 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7306 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7307 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7308 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7309 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7310 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7311 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7313 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7314 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7319 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7320 return 0 otherwise. */
7323 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7327 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7328 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7329 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7332 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7334 addr
= loc
->address
;
7335 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7337 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7341 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7343 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7344 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7345 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7346 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7348 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7349 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7351 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7352 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7355 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7362 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7363 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7364 as condition expression. */
7367 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7368 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7370 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7371 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7372 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7373 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7378 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7380 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7381 int target_resources_ok
=
7382 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7384 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7385 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7386 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7387 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7390 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7392 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7394 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7395 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7399 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7401 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7403 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7404 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7409 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7410 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7414 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7415 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7416 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7417 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7418 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7420 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7422 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7424 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7426 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7427 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7428 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7433 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7435 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7437 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7438 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7440 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7442 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7444 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7446 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7447 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7449 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7451 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7454 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7455 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7458 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7459 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7460 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7461 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7467 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7470 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7471 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7475 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7476 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7478 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7482 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7484 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7486 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7489 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7492 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7493 notify observers. */
7496 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7499 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7500 elements to fill the void space. */
7502 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7504 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7505 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7507 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7508 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7513 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7514 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7515 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7516 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7517 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7518 single expanded sal, return the original.
7520 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7521 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7522 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7523 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7524 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7526 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7527 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7529 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7530 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7531 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7534 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7536 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7537 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7538 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7541 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7542 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7548 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7550 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7552 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7554 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7555 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7557 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7559 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7560 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7561 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7563 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7564 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7565 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7566 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7567 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7571 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7573 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7574 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7576 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7577 char *this_function
;
7579 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7581 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7583 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7584 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7587 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7589 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7596 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7597 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7598 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7600 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7602 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7604 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7605 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7608 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7610 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7611 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7612 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7619 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7620 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7631 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7632 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7633 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7634 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7635 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7636 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7637 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7638 we take just a single condition string.
7640 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7641 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7642 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7643 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7644 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7647 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7648 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7649 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7651 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7652 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7653 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7654 int enabled
, int internal
)
7658 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7660 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7661 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7663 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7664 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7665 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7666 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7667 canonical
->special_display
);
7671 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7672 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7673 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7674 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7676 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7677 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7680 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7681 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7682 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7684 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7686 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7688 if ((*address
) == NULL
7689 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7691 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7693 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7695 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7696 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7697 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7698 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7699 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7700 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7701 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7702 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7704 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7705 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7706 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7707 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7708 with the same symtab and line. */
7709 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7711 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7715 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7719 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7720 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7721 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7722 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7724 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7725 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7727 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7729 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7731 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7732 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7733 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7734 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7736 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7739 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7740 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7741 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7742 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7746 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7748 /* Add the string if not present. */
7749 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7750 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7751 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7757 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7758 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7761 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7765 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7766 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7769 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7770 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7771 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7772 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7773 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7777 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7778 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7781 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7783 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7785 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7787 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7789 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7791 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7794 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7795 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7797 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7801 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7802 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7803 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7804 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7805 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7806 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7808 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7809 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7811 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7817 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7818 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7820 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7822 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7824 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7826 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7828 struct expression
*expr
;
7830 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7831 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7834 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7835 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7837 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7843 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7845 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7846 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7847 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7849 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7855 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7857 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7858 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7859 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7862 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7866 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7868 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7869 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7871 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7872 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7873 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7875 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7876 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7881 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7883 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7885 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7886 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7888 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7889 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7890 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7892 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7893 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7895 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7897 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7899 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7901 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7903 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7904 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7906 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7909 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7915 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7916 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7917 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7918 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7919 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7920 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7921 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7922 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7923 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7927 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7928 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7929 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7930 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7932 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7933 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7934 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7936 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7937 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7938 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
7940 char *addr_start
= arg
;
7941 struct linespec_result canonical
;
7942 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7943 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
7947 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
7951 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
7953 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
7957 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
7959 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
7960 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7961 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7962 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
7966 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
7968 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
7971 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7975 throw_exception (e
);
7979 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
7981 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7984 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
7985 throw_exception (e
);
7987 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
7989 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7990 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7991 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7992 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
7993 "future shared library load? ")))
7996 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7997 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7998 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7999 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8000 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8001 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
8003 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
8008 throw_exception (e
);
8018 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8019 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8023 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8024 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8026 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8027 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8030 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8031 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8032 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8033 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8034 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8036 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8037 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8038 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8040 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8041 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8044 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8045 are ok for the target. */
8047 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8049 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8050 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8051 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8053 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8054 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8058 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8060 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8061 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8062 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8063 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8066 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8069 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8073 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8076 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8077 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8081 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8082 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8083 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8084 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8085 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8086 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8087 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8088 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8092 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8094 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8095 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8096 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8099 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8100 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8101 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8103 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8104 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8105 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8106 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8107 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8108 canonical
.special_display
);
8110 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8112 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8114 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8116 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8117 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8119 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8120 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8121 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8122 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8123 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8124 corresponds to this one */
8125 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8129 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8131 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8132 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8139 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8141 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8142 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8144 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8145 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8146 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8147 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8148 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8150 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8151 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8152 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8154 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8155 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8156 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8157 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8160 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8161 but do notify observers. */
8163 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8168 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8169 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8170 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8173 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8175 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8176 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8177 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8179 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8180 update_global_location_list (1);
8185 /* Set a breakpoint.
8186 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8187 condition, and thread.
8188 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8189 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8193 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8195 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8196 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8197 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8200 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8202 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8203 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8204 0 /* Ignore count */,
8205 pending_break_support
,
8206 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8213 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8216 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8220 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8222 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8223 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8224 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8227 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8228 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8229 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8230 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8233 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8235 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8239 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8242 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8245 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8246 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8250 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8251 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8252 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8253 happen in assembly source). */
8255 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8256 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8260 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8262 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8271 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8273 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8277 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8279 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8283 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8285 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8289 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8291 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8295 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8297 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8298 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8299 stop at <line>\n"));
8303 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8307 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8309 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8314 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8315 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8316 function/method name. */
8317 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8319 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8324 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8326 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8330 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8332 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8336 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8340 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8347 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8348 it is probably a line number. */
8349 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8351 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8356 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8358 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8362 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8364 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8367 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8368 ranged breakpoints. */
8371 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8372 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8375 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8376 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8379 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8380 ranged breakpoints. */
8383 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8385 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8388 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8389 ranged breakpoints. */
8391 static enum print_stop_action
8392 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8394 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8396 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8398 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8399 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8401 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8402 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8403 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8405 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8406 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8408 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8409 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8410 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8412 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8413 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8415 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8418 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8419 ranged breakpoints. */
8422 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8423 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8425 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8426 struct value_print_options opts
;
8428 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8429 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8431 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8433 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8434 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8435 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8436 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8438 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8442 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8443 ranged breakpoints. */
8446 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8447 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8449 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8450 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8451 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8452 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8456 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8457 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8459 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8460 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8461 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8462 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8466 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8469 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8470 ranged breakpoints. */
8473 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8475 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8478 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8480 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8483 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8484 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8485 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8488 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8489 ranged breakpoints. */
8492 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8494 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8495 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8498 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8500 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8504 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8505 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8506 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8507 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8508 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8509 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8510 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8511 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8514 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8515 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8516 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8517 last instruction of the given line. */
8520 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8524 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8525 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8526 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8533 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8535 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8537 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8544 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8547 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8549 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8550 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8551 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8553 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8554 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8555 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8556 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8558 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8559 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8560 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8562 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8563 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8564 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8567 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8569 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8570 error(_("No address range specified."));
8572 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8573 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8574 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8576 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8579 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8581 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8582 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8583 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8584 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8585 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8588 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8589 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8590 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8591 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8592 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8594 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8596 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8597 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8600 /* Parse the end location. */
8602 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8604 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8607 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8608 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8609 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8610 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8611 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8612 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8615 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8616 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8617 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8618 /* Add the string if not present. */
8619 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8620 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8622 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8623 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8624 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8625 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8626 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8628 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8629 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8630 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8631 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8633 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8635 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8636 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8637 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8639 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8641 /* Length overflowed. */
8642 error (_("Address range too large."));
8643 else if (length
== 1)
8645 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8646 the `hbreak' command. */
8647 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8649 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8654 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8655 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8656 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8657 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8658 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8659 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8660 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8661 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8662 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8663 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8665 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8668 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8669 update_global_location_list (1);
8672 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8673 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8674 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8677 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8685 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8686 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8689 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8699 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8700 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8701 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8702 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8703 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8705 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8721 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8733 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8736 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8737 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8740 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8741 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8742 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8743 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8745 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8746 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8751 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8753 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8754 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8755 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8756 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8758 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8759 are always constant. */
8761 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8763 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8764 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8765 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8770 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8771 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8772 then it is not a constant. */
8781 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8784 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8786 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8788 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8789 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8792 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8795 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8797 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8799 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8800 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8803 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8804 hardware watchpoints. */
8807 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8809 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8811 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8814 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8815 hardware watchpoints. */
8818 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8820 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8825 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8829 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8830 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8831 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8832 NULL
, /* print_it */
8833 NULL
, /* print_one */
8834 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8835 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8836 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8839 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8840 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8843 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8845 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8846 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8849 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8850 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8853 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8855 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8856 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8859 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8860 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8863 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8865 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8866 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
8869 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8870 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8873 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8878 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8879 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8881 static enum print_stop_action
8882 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8884 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8885 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8889 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8890 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8891 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8894 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8897 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8898 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8901 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8904 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8908 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8911 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8912 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8916 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8917 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8918 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8919 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8921 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8922 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8925 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8926 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8929 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8930 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8932 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8933 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8935 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8936 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8937 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8940 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8941 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8944 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8946 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
8950 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8951 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
8952 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
8954 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8955 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
8956 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
8958 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8960 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
8963 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8964 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8967 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
8968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
8969 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
8970 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
8973 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8974 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8977 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8983 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8984 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
8986 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8987 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
8989 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8990 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
8993 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8994 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8997 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9001 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9003 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
9005 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
9006 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
9007 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9008 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
9009 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
9010 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
9011 NULL
, /* print_one */
9012 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9013 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9014 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9017 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9020 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9022 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9025 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9026 hw_read: watch read,
9027 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9029 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9030 int just_location
, int internal
)
9032 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9033 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9034 struct expression
*exp
;
9035 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9036 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9037 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9038 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9039 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9040 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9042 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9043 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9044 enum bptype bp_type
;
9047 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9048 the hardware watchpoint. */
9052 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9053 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9057 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9058 of the arguments string. */
9059 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9061 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9062 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9065 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9066 This is the value of the parameter. */
9067 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9069 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9071 /* Skip whitespace. */
9072 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9077 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9078 This is the parameter itself. */
9079 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9082 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9084 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9086 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9087 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9088 only in a specific thread. */
9092 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9094 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9095 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9097 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9099 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9100 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9102 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9103 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9104 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9106 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9108 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9109 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9111 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9114 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9116 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9118 mark
= value_mark ();
9119 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9120 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9121 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9124 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9127 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9128 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9133 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9134 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9136 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9138 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9139 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9141 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9144 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9145 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9149 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9150 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9152 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9155 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9156 mark
= value_mark ();
9157 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9163 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9164 val
= value_addr (result
);
9165 release_value (val
);
9166 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9170 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9173 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9175 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9178 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9179 release_value (val
);
9181 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9182 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9184 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9185 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9187 struct expression
*cond
;
9189 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9190 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9191 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9193 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9194 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9195 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9201 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9203 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9204 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9205 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9206 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9208 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9210 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9212 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9213 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9214 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9215 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9216 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9218 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9221 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9222 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9223 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9225 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9227 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9228 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9230 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9231 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9233 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9234 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9235 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9236 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9237 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9238 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9239 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9240 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9241 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9245 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9246 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9248 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9250 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9251 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9254 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9255 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9258 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9259 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9261 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9262 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9265 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9266 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9268 /* The above expression is in C. */
9269 b
->language
= language_c
;
9272 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9276 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9277 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9283 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9287 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9293 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9294 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9298 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9299 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9302 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9304 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9305 need to act on them together. */
9306 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9307 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9311 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9313 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9315 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9316 that should be inserted. */
9317 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9321 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9322 throw_exception (e
);
9325 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9327 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9328 notify observers. */
9331 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9333 update_global_location_list (1);
9336 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9337 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9340 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9342 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9343 struct value
*head
= v
;
9345 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9346 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9349 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9350 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9351 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9352 hardware watchpoint.
9354 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9355 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9356 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9357 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9358 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9359 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9360 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9361 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9362 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9364 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9365 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9366 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9367 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9368 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9372 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9373 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9374 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9375 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9376 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9377 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9381 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9382 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9383 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9385 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9386 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9387 middle of some value chain. */
9389 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9390 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9392 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9396 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9397 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9398 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9400 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9404 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9408 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9409 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9410 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9411 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9412 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9415 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9416 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9417 return found_memory_cnt
;
9421 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9423 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9426 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9427 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9428 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9429 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9432 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9434 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9435 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9443 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9444 calls watch_command_1. */
9447 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9449 int just_location
= 0;
9452 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9453 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9455 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9459 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9463 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9465 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9469 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9471 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9475 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9477 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9481 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9483 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9487 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9489 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9493 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9494 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9496 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9498 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9499 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9503 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9504 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9505 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9508 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
9510 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9512 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9514 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9515 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9519 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9521 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9522 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9523 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9524 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9525 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9526 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9528 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9530 clear_proceed_status ();
9532 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9535 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9536 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9537 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9539 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9541 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9542 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9545 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9548 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9550 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9553 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9554 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9555 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9556 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9558 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9559 only at the very same frame. */
9560 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9561 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9564 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9566 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9569 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9572 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9574 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9575 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9576 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9578 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9580 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9582 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9583 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9586 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9588 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9589 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9590 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9591 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9593 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9595 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9596 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9598 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9599 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9600 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9602 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9603 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9604 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9608 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9611 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9612 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9614 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9615 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9616 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9617 if clause in the arg string. */
9620 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9624 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9627 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9630 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9631 condition string. */
9632 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9635 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9637 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9642 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9643 process start/exit, etc. */
9647 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9648 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9653 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9654 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9656 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9657 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9658 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9661 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9662 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9663 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9667 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9669 /* The allowed syntax is:
9671 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9673 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9674 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9676 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9677 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9679 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9680 and enable reporting of such events. */
9683 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9684 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9685 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9686 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9688 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9689 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9690 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9691 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9694 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9700 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9701 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9703 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9705 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9707 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9711 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9713 /* The allowed syntax is:
9715 catch exec if <cond>
9717 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9718 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9720 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9721 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9723 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9724 and enable reporting of such events. */
9725 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9726 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9729 static enum print_stop_action
9730 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9732 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9734 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9736 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9737 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9738 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9741 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9743 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9745 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9746 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9748 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9749 : " (exception caught), ");
9750 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9752 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9753 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9754 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9755 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9757 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9761 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9762 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9764 struct value_print_options opts
;
9766 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9767 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9770 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9771 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9773 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9774 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9779 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9780 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9782 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9786 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9791 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9792 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9793 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9794 : _("Catchpoint "));
9795 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9796 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9800 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9801 catch catchpoints. */
9804 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9810 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9811 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9816 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9819 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9820 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9821 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9822 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9823 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9824 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9825 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9826 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9830 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9831 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9833 char *trigger_func_name
;
9835 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9836 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9838 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9840 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9841 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9842 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9843 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9845 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9846 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9853 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9856 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9857 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9859 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9863 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9865 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9867 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9868 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9870 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9871 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9872 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9874 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9877 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9880 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9883 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9885 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9887 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9890 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9893 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9895 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9897 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9900 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9903 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9904 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9908 struct expression
*cond
,
9909 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9913 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9917 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9919 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9921 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9922 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9923 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9924 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9925 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9926 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9927 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9928 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9929 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9930 enough for now, though. */
9933 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
9934 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9936 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9937 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9938 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9939 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
9940 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
9941 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9942 b
->language
= language_ada
;
9943 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9944 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
9949 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9950 update_global_location_list (1);
9953 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
9956 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9957 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9959 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9961 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9962 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9963 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
9964 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9965 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
9966 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
9968 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9972 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
9973 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
9974 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
9975 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
9979 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
9981 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
9983 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
9984 VEC_free (int, iter
);
9987 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
9988 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
9990 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
9992 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
9993 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
9995 while (*arg
!= '\0')
9997 int i
, syscall_number
;
10002 /* Skip whitespace. */
10003 while (isspace (*arg
))
10006 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10007 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10008 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10011 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10012 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10013 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10014 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10017 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10019 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10021 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10022 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10023 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10024 syscall number to be caught. */
10025 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10028 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10029 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10032 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10036 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10039 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10040 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10045 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10047 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10048 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10049 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10050 this architecture yet."));
10052 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10054 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10056 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10057 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10058 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10059 for his/her architecture. */
10060 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10062 /* The allowed syntax is:
10064 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10066 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10069 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10073 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10074 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10077 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10080 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10081 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10083 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10085 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10086 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10087 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10089 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10093 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10094 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10095 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10099 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10101 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10106 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10108 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10111 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10114 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10116 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10117 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10120 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10121 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10126 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10131 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10132 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10133 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10134 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10135 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10136 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10137 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10138 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10139 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10140 error (_("No source file specified."));
10142 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10148 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10149 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10150 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10151 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10153 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10154 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10155 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10156 due to optimization, all in one block.
10158 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10159 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10160 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10161 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10162 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10163 to support that. */
10165 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10166 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10167 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10171 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10173 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10174 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10175 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10178 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10183 1 0 <can't happen> */
10185 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10187 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10191 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10192 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10194 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10195 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10197 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10198 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10199 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10200 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10201 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10202 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10203 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10204 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10205 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10206 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10207 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10208 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10209 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10218 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10221 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10222 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10225 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10227 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10230 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10231 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10234 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10235 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10237 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10239 breakpoints_changed ();
10241 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10244 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10245 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10248 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10251 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10252 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10253 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10256 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10258 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10260 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10261 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10262 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10264 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10268 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10269 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10273 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10274 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10275 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10276 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10277 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10278 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10281 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10283 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10284 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10285 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10286 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10287 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10289 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10290 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10292 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10293 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10294 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10296 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10297 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10299 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10300 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10301 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10303 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10306 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10307 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10308 content of the bp_location array. */
10311 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10313 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10315 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10316 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10320 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10322 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10325 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10326 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10328 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10329 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10330 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10331 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10333 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10335 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10336 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10337 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10338 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10342 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10343 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10344 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10345 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10346 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10347 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10348 returns true on them.
10350 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10351 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10352 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10353 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10354 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10355 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10358 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10361 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10362 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10364 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10365 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10366 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10367 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10368 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10370 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10371 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10372 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10373 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10375 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10376 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10377 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10378 unsigned old_location_count
;
10380 old_location
= bp_location
;
10381 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10382 bp_location
= NULL
;
10383 bp_location_count
= 0;
10384 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10386 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10387 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10388 bp_location_count
++;
10390 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10391 locp
= bp_location
;
10392 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10393 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10395 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10396 bp_location_compare
);
10398 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10400 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10401 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10402 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10403 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10404 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10407 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10408 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10410 locp
= bp_location
;
10411 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10414 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10415 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10417 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10418 not, we have to free it. */
10419 int found_object
= 0;
10420 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10421 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10424 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10425 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10426 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10427 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10431 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10432 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10435 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10442 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10443 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10444 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10445 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10446 at certain location is not inserted. */
10448 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10450 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10453 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10455 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10456 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10457 keep_in_target
= 1;
10461 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10462 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10463 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10464 this one from the target. */
10466 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10467 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10470 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10471 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10474 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10476 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10478 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10479 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10481 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10483 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10484 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10485 supported, but the latter are. */
10486 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10488 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10489 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10492 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10494 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10495 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10496 keep_in_target
= 1;
10504 if (!keep_in_target
)
10506 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10508 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10509 this location on the global list, and try to
10510 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10511 reason why we will succeed next time.
10513 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10514 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10515 only after calling us. */
10516 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10517 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10518 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10526 if (removed
&& non_stop
10527 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10528 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10530 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10531 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10532 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10533 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10534 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10535 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10536 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10537 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10538 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10539 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10540 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10541 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10542 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10543 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10546 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10547 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10549 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10550 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10551 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10552 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10553 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10554 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10555 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10556 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10557 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10558 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10559 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10560 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10561 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10564 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10565 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10566 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10567 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10569 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10570 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10571 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10572 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10573 traps we can no longer explain. */
10575 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10576 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10578 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10582 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10583 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10588 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10589 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10590 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10591 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10592 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10593 are sorted first for the same address.
10595 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10596 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10598 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10599 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10600 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10601 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10604 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10606 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10607 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10609 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10610 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10611 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10613 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10614 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10615 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10618 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10619 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10620 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10621 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10622 "actually inserted"));
10624 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10625 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10626 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10627 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10628 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10629 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10631 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10633 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10634 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10635 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10637 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10638 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10642 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10644 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10645 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10646 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10647 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10648 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10651 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10652 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10653 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10654 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10656 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10660 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10662 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10665 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10666 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10668 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10669 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10675 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10677 struct gdb_exception e
;
10679 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10680 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10683 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10686 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10690 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10691 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10693 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10694 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10695 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10699 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10701 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10703 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10705 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10709 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10713 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10715 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10717 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10719 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10720 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10723 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10724 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10725 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10726 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10727 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10730 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10731 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10732 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10733 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10735 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10738 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10739 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10740 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10742 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10744 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10745 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10746 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10747 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10749 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10750 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10751 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10752 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10753 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10756 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10757 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10758 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10759 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10761 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10763 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10764 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10767 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10769 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10773 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10774 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10775 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10776 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10777 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10779 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10780 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10781 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10782 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10783 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10784 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
10787 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10789 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10790 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10791 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10792 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10793 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10794 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10795 commands won't work. */
10797 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10799 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10800 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10801 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10802 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10803 might be better design to have location completely
10804 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10805 update_global_location_list (0);
10808 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10809 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10810 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10816 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10818 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10822 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10824 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10827 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10828 delete_breakpoint. */
10831 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10833 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10837 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10839 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10845 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10847 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10848 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10849 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10851 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10853 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10857 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10859 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10861 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10862 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10863 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10867 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10871 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10873 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10874 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10879 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10880 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10881 Null names are ignored. */
10884 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10886 struct bp_location
*l
;
10887 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
10888 (int (*) (const void *,
10889 const void *)) streq
,
10890 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
10892 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10895 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
10897 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
10901 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
10903 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
10907 htab_delete (htab
);
10913 htab_delete (htab
);
10917 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
10918 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
10919 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
10920 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
10921 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
10922 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
10923 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
10924 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
10927 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
10928 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
10929 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
10930 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
10931 in the sources, and output a warning.
10933 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
10934 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
10935 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
10936 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
10937 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
10940 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
10941 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
10942 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
10943 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
10944 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
10945 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
10946 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
10947 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
10948 precisely because it confuses tools). */
10950 static struct symtab_and_line
10951 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10953 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
10959 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
10961 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
10963 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
10964 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
10966 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
10968 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10969 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
10970 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
10975 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
10977 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
10979 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10980 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
10982 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
10985 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10987 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
10989 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10990 struct symbol
*sym
;
10991 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
10993 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
10995 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
10996 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
10998 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
10999 "found at previous line number"),
11000 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11004 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11006 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11007 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11011 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11012 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11013 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11015 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11016 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11020 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11023 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11026 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11027 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11029 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11031 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11033 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11035 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11037 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11038 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11039 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11041 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11044 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11050 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11051 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11054 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11058 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11061 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11064 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11071 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11077 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11078 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11079 a ranged breakpoint. */
11082 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11083 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11084 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11087 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11089 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11090 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11092 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11093 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11094 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11095 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11096 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11097 individual locations. */
11098 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11103 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11105 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11106 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11108 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11110 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11113 struct gdb_exception e
;
11115 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11116 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11118 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11123 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11124 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11125 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11126 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11130 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11131 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11132 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11133 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11135 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11137 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11138 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11140 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11142 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11144 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11148 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11149 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11150 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11152 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11155 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11156 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11157 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11158 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11159 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11160 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11161 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11163 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11165 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11167 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11168 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11170 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11171 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11179 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11180 if (l
->function_name
11181 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11191 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11192 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11194 update_global_location_list (1);
11197 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11198 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11200 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11201 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11205 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11206 struct gdb_exception e
;
11209 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11211 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11215 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11216 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11218 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11222 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11225 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11229 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11230 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11231 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11232 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11233 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11234 state, then user already saw the message about that
11235 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11237 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11238 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11239 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11240 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11241 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11243 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11245 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11246 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11247 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11248 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11249 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11250 which approach is better. */
11251 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11252 throw_exception (e
);
11256 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11258 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11260 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11261 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11263 char *cond_string
= 0;
11267 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11268 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11270 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11271 b
->thread
= thread
;
11273 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11276 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11277 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11287 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11288 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11289 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11292 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11295 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11296 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11297 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11298 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11300 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11301 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11302 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11303 set_language (b
->language
);
11305 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11308 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11309 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11312 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11314 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11317 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11318 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11322 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11323 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11326 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11327 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11328 Unused in this case. */
11331 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11333 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11334 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11339 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11342 case bp_breakpoint
:
11343 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11344 case bp_tracepoint
:
11345 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11346 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11348 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11349 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11352 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11354 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11355 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11359 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11362 case bp_watchpoint
:
11363 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11364 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11365 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11366 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11367 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11369 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11370 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11371 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11372 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11374 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11375 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11376 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11377 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11378 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11379 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11382 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11383 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11384 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11385 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11387 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11388 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11390 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11391 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11392 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11394 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11395 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11397 case bp_catchpoint
:
11401 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11403 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11404 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11405 case bp_overlay_event
:
11406 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11407 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11408 case bp_exception_master
:
11409 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11412 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11413 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11414 case bp_shlib_event
:
11416 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11417 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11418 case bp_thread_event
:
11420 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11421 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11422 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11423 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11424 rerun the executable. */
11427 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11428 case bp_call_dummy
:
11429 case bp_std_terminate
:
11430 case bp_step_resume
:
11432 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11434 case bp_exception_resume
:
11436 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11443 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11445 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11447 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11448 enum language save_language
;
11449 int save_input_radix
;
11450 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11452 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11453 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11454 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11456 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11458 /* Format possible error msg. */
11459 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11461 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11462 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11463 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11465 set_language (save_language
);
11466 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11468 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11470 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11472 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11473 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11474 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11475 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11478 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11480 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11481 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11483 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11485 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11487 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11488 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11490 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11491 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11492 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11494 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11498 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11499 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11500 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11503 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11511 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11513 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11515 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11516 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11521 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11525 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11526 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11528 else if (count
== 1)
11529 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11532 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11533 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11536 breakpoints_changed ();
11537 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11541 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11544 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11547 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11553 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11555 num
= get_number (&p
);
11557 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11559 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11561 set_ignore_count (num
,
11562 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11565 printf_filtered ("\n");
11568 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11569 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11572 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11577 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11579 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11582 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11584 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11586 while (!state
.finished
)
11588 char *p
= state
.string
;
11592 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11595 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11599 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11600 if (b
->number
== num
)
11602 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
;
11605 related_breakpoint
= b
;
11608 struct breakpoint
*next_related_b
;
11610 /* FUNCTION can be also delete_breakpoint. */
11611 next_related_b
= related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
;
11612 function (related_breakpoint
, data
);
11614 /* For delete_breakpoint of the last entry of the ring we
11615 were traversing we would never get back to B. */
11616 if (next_related_b
== related_breakpoint
)
11618 related_breakpoint
= next_related_b
;
11620 while (related_breakpoint
!= b
);
11624 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11629 static struct bp_location
*
11630 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11632 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11636 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11637 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11642 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11644 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11647 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11652 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11653 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11656 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11658 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11662 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11665 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11671 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11672 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11673 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11676 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11678 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11679 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11680 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11681 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11684 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11685 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11688 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11690 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11691 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11693 struct bp_location
*location
;
11695 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11696 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11699 update_global_location_list (0);
11701 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11704 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11705 disable_breakpoint. */
11708 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11710 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11714 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11718 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11720 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11721 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11722 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11724 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11726 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11730 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11731 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11732 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11733 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11735 update_global_location_list (0);
11738 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11742 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11744 int target_resources_ok
;
11746 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11749 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11750 target_resources_ok
=
11751 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11753 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11754 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11755 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11756 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11759 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11761 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11762 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11763 struct gdb_exception e
;
11765 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11767 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11768 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11769 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11773 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11774 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11780 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11781 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11783 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11784 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11786 struct bp_location
*location
;
11788 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11789 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11792 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11793 update_global_location_list (1);
11794 breakpoints_changed ();
11796 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11801 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11803 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11806 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11807 enable_breakpoint. */
11810 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11812 enable_breakpoint (b
);
11815 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11816 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11817 in stopping the inferior. */
11820 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11824 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11827 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11828 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11830 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11832 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11836 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11837 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11838 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11839 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
11841 update_global_location_list (1);
11844 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11848 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11850 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
11854 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11856 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11860 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11862 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
11866 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11868 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11872 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11877 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11881 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11882 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
11886 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
11887 const bfd_byte
*data
)
11889 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
11891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
11892 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
11893 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
11894 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
11896 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11898 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11899 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
11900 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
11901 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
11903 value_free (bp
->val
);
11910 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
11912 struct symtabs_and_lines
11913 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
11915 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11918 error (_("Empty line specification."));
11919 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
11920 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11921 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
11922 default_breakpoint_line
,
11925 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
11926 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11928 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
11932 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
11933 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
11934 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
11935 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
11939 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11940 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
11942 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
11944 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
11946 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
11947 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
11949 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
11951 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
11959 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
11960 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
11963 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
11965 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
11968 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
11974 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
11977 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
11978 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
11980 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
11983 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11984 struct address_space
*aspace
,
11989 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
11991 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
11992 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
11996 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
11997 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
11998 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12001 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12002 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12003 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12004 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12005 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12006 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12008 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12009 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12010 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12011 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12014 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12015 were inserted or not. */
12018 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12020 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12021 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12024 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12027 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12029 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12031 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12033 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12034 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12035 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12036 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12038 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12040 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12041 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12042 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12043 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12047 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12048 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12049 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12053 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12057 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12058 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12060 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12061 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12062 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12066 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12070 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12074 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12075 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12076 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12077 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12080 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12084 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12089 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12091 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12093 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12094 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12102 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12103 non-zero otherwise. */
12105 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12107 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12108 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12109 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12116 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12118 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12120 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12124 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12126 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12129 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12131 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12135 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12137 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12147 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12149 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12150 char *text
, char *word
)
12152 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12154 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12160 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12162 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12164 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12166 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12167 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12171 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12173 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12175 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12177 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12178 0 /* Ignore count */,
12179 pending_break_support
,
12184 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12188 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12190 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12192 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12194 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12195 0 /* Ignore count */,
12196 pending_break_support
,
12201 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12204 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12207 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12209 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12211 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12213 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12214 0 /* Ignore count */,
12215 pending_break_support
,
12220 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12223 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12224 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12226 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12227 static int next_cmd
;
12230 read_uploaded_action (void)
12234 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12241 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12242 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12243 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12244 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12245 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12247 struct breakpoint
*
12248 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12250 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12251 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12253 if (utp
->at_string
)
12254 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12257 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12258 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12259 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12261 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12262 "source location, using raw address"),
12264 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12265 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12268 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12269 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12270 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12271 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12274 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12276 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12278 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12279 0 /* Ignore count */,
12280 pending_break_support
,
12283 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12287 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12289 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12290 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12291 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12295 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12297 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12300 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12301 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12302 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12304 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12306 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12311 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12313 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12315 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12316 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12317 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12318 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12324 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12328 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12332 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12334 if (num_printed
== 0)
12336 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12337 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12339 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12342 default_collect_info ();
12345 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12346 Not supported by all targets. */
12348 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12350 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12353 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12354 Not supported by all targets. */
12356 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12358 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12361 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12363 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12365 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12371 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12373 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12374 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12375 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12377 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12378 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12380 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12384 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12386 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12388 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12389 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12390 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12394 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12397 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12400 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12402 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12403 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12405 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12406 bp
->number
, count
);
12409 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12411 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12412 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12413 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12416 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12418 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12419 unsigned int count
;
12421 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12422 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12423 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12425 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12427 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12430 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12432 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12434 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12436 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12438 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12441 else if (*args
== '\0')
12443 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12445 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12449 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12451 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12452 while (!state
.finished
)
12454 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12456 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12461 struct breakpoint
*
12462 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12464 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12466 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12467 if (t
->number
== num
)
12473 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12474 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12477 struct breakpoint
*
12478 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12480 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12482 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12483 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12489 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12490 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12491 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12492 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12493 struct breakpoint
*
12494 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12495 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12498 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12499 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12501 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12505 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12506 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12508 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12511 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12513 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12516 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12520 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12521 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12524 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12525 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12529 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12530 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12535 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12539 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12540 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12541 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12545 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12546 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12548 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12551 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12552 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12553 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12555 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12556 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12558 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12561 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12562 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12565 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12566 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12571 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12573 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12575 /* We can stop searching. */
12582 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12586 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12587 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12588 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12590 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12591 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12592 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12594 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12595 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12597 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12599 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12600 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12603 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12604 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12607 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12608 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12611 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12613 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12615 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12617 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12619 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12620 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12621 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12622 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12623 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12624 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12626 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12628 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12630 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12632 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12635 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12636 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12638 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12640 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12646 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12651 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12652 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12655 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12657 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12659 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12660 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12663 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12664 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12666 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12667 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12669 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12670 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12674 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12676 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12678 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12679 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12681 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12683 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12686 throw_exception (ex
);
12688 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12691 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12692 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12694 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12695 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12696 special, and not user visible. */
12697 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12699 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12702 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12704 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12708 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12709 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12711 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12713 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12716 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12719 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12721 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12724 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12727 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12729 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12732 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12734 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12735 all_tracepoints (void)
12737 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12738 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12740 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12742 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12749 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12750 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12751 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12753 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12754 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12755 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12756 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12757 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12758 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12759 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12760 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12762 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12763 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12765 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12766 conditions are different.\n\
12768 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12770 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12771 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12773 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12774 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12776 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12777 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12779 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12780 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12781 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12782 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12783 char *text
, char *word
),
12784 void *user_data_catch
,
12785 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12787 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12789 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12791 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12792 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12793 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12795 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12797 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12798 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12799 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12803 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12805 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12806 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12807 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12811 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12813 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12814 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12815 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
12818 struct breakpoint
*
12819 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
12822 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12824 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12826 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
12834 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12836 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
12838 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
12839 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
12840 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
12842 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
12844 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
12845 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12846 before a breakpoint is set. */
12847 breakpoint_count
= 0;
12849 tracepoint_count
= 0;
12851 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
12852 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12853 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12855 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12857 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
12858 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12859 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12860 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12861 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12862 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12863 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12864 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12866 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
12867 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12868 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12869 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12871 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
12872 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12873 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12874 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12875 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12877 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12878 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12880 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
12881 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12882 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12883 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12885 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
12886 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12888 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
12889 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12890 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12891 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
12893 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
12894 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12896 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12897 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12898 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12899 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12900 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12901 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
12902 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12904 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12905 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12906 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12907 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
12908 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12909 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
12911 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12913 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
12914 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
12915 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
12916 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
12917 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
12918 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
12920 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12921 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12922 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12925 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12926 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12927 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12930 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
12931 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12932 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
12935 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
12936 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
12937 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
12940 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12941 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12942 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12943 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12944 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
12945 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12946 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12947 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12949 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
12950 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12951 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12952 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12953 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
12955 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
12956 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
12957 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12958 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12959 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
12960 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
12963 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
12964 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12965 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12966 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12968 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
12969 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
12970 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
12971 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12972 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12974 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
12975 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
12976 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12977 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
12979 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
12980 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
12981 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
12982 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
12983 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
12986 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
12987 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
12988 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12989 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
12990 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
12991 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
12993 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
12994 is executing in.\n\
12996 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
12997 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12999 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13000 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13001 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13002 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13004 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13005 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13006 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13007 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13010 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13014 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13015 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13016 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13017 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13018 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13019 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13020 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13021 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13022 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13023 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13024 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13025 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13026 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13027 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13028 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13029 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13031 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13032 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13033 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13034 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13035 breakpoint set."));
13038 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13039 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13040 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13041 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13042 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13043 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13044 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13045 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13046 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13048 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13049 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13050 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13051 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13052 breakpoint set."));
13054 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13057 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13058 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13059 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13060 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13061 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13062 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13063 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13064 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13065 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13067 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13068 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13069 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13070 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13071 breakpoint set."));
13073 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13074 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13075 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13076 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13077 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13078 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13079 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13080 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13081 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13082 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13083 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13084 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13085 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13087 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13088 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13089 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13090 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13092 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13094 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13095 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13096 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13097 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13099 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13100 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13101 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13102 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13104 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13105 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13106 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13107 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13108 catch_catch_command
,
13112 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13113 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13114 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13115 catch_throw_command
,
13119 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13120 catch_fork_command_1
,
13122 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13123 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13124 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13125 catch_fork_command_1
,
13127 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13128 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13129 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13130 catch_exec_command_1
,
13134 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13135 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13136 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13137 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13138 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13139 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13140 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13141 catch_syscall_completer
,
13144 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13145 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13146 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13147 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13151 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13152 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13153 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13154 catch_assert_command
,
13159 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13160 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13161 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13162 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13163 an expression changes.\n\
13164 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13165 the memory to which it refers."));
13166 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13168 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13169 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13170 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13171 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13172 an expression is read.\n\
13173 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13174 the memory to which it refers."));
13175 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13177 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13178 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13179 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13180 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13181 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13182 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13183 the memory to which it refers."));
13184 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13186 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13187 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13189 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13190 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13191 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13192 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13193 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13194 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13195 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13196 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13197 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13200 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13201 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13203 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13205 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13207 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13208 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13210 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13211 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13212 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13214 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13215 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13216 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13217 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13219 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13220 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13222 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13223 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13224 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13226 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13227 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13229 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13230 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13231 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13232 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13233 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13234 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13235 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13236 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13237 the selected stack frame.\n\
13238 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13239 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13240 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13241 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13243 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13245 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13246 conditions are different.\n\
13248 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13249 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13250 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13252 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13253 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13254 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13255 last tracepoint set."));
13257 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13259 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13260 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13261 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13262 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13265 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13266 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13267 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13268 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13270 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13272 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13273 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13274 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13275 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13277 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13279 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13280 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13281 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13282 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13283 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13285 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13286 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13287 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13288 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13290 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13291 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13292 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13293 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13294 session to restore them."),
13296 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13298 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13299 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13300 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13302 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13304 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13305 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13307 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13308 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13309 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13310 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13311 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13312 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13313 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13314 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13315 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13316 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13317 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13318 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13320 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13321 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13322 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13323 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13324 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13325 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13326 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13327 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13329 show_pending_break_support
,
13330 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13331 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13333 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13335 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13336 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13337 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13338 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13339 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13340 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13341 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13343 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13344 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13345 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13347 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13348 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13349 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13350 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13351 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13352 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13353 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13354 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13355 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13356 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13357 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13358 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13360 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13361 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13362 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13364 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13365 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13366 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13367 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13368 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13369 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13370 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13371 or the start of the range\n\
13372 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13373 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13374 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13376 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13377 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13378 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13380 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13382 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);